source 1

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@105 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

1 files changed, 6966 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ab7715223c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/babelbib/babelbib.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,6966 @@
+% \iffalse meta comment
+% File: babelbib.dtx Copyright (C) 2003--2005 Harald Harders
+% \fi
+%
+% \iffalse
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[ngerman,english]{babel}
+%\usepackage{url}
+\usepackage{array}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\IfFileExists{booktabs.sty}%
+  {\usepackage{booktabs}}%
+  {\let\toprule\hline
+    \let\midrule\hline
+    \let\bottomrule\hline}
+\IfFileExists{babelbib.sty}{\usepackage{babelbib}
+  \let\babelbibSTYfound\active}{\GenericWarning{babelbib.dtx}{Package
+    file babelbib.sty not found (Documentation will be messed up!^^J^^A
+    Generate babelbib.sty by LaTeXing babelbib.ins, process
+    babelbib.dtx again)^^J}\stop}
+\GetFileInfo{babelbib.sty}
+\title{Multilingual bibliographies: The \texttt{babelbib} package}
+\author{Harald Harders\\\texttt{h.harders@tu-bs.de}}
+\date{Version \fileversion, \filedate, printed \today}
+\newlength{\tempdima}%
+\makeatletter
+\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{%
+  \@float{table}[#1]%
+  \centering%
+  \setlength{\tempdima}{\abovecaptionskip}%
+  \setlength{\abovecaptionskip}{\belowcaptionskip}%
+  \setlength{\belowcaptionskip}{\tempdima}%
+  }{%
+\end@float
+}
+\makeatother
+\def\AmS{$\mathcal{A}$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox
+    {$\mathcal{M}$}\kern-.125em$\mathcal{S}$}
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\DoNotIndex{\def,\edef,\let,\newcommand,\newenvironment,\newcounter}
+\DoNotIndex{\setcounter,\space,\",\@empty,\begin,\end,\iffalse,\fi,\extras}
+\DoNotIndex{\bibs,\ifx,\else,\fi,\ ,\ae,\emph,\input}
+\CodelineNumbered
+\RecordChanges
+\CheckSum{7995}
+\hyphenation{bib-lio-gra-phy}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{babelbib.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \changes{0.1}{2003/04/11}{Total new version}%
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Rewritten in main parts}%
+% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Use unique version strings for all files
+%   of the bundle}%
+% \changes{0.42}{2003/11/09}{Reorganise docstrip code}%
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Document the problem using
+%   \texttt{frenchle.sty} when using \texttt{french} language with
+%   some babel versions}%
+% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Improved spacings in documentation}%
+% \changes{0.44a}{2004/02/12}{Adapted Makefile for \TeX Live}%
+% \changes{0.46}{2004/06/28}{Enable to switch off printout of language
+%   name with \texttt{babamspl} style}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Rewritten warning about \texttt{frenchle.sty}
+%   package}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Shorten version string}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added \texttt{urldate} to all \BibTeX\
+%   styles}%
+% \changes{1.01}{2005/04/11}{Added space after the \cs{btx}\ldots\
+%   commands in the \texttt{bst} files to avoid line-breaking problem}%
+% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Allow different ordering of forenames and
+%   lastnames}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/05/24}{Protect the \cs{foreignlanguage} calls
+%   (avoids problems with natbib)}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Avoid some additional line breaks in
+%   author and editor names}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Switch ISBN and ISSN in bibliographies on
+%   and off (does not work for \AmS\ style)}%
+% \changes{1.11}{2005/06/12}{Remove space after \cs{btxurlfont}
+%   because a linebreak between \cs{url} and the argument breaks
+%   \texttt{hyperref.sty} (which is a pity because this can lead to
+%   line-break problems with long arguments)}%
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Correct \cs{btxlanguagenameenglish},
+%   \cs{btxmastthesis}, and \cs{btxmonaugshort} in
+%   \texttt{french.bdf}}%
+% \changes{1.13}{2005/06/27}{Apply corrections to and complete Italian
+%   language}%
+% \changes{1.14}{2005/07/11}{Complete and correct catalan}%
+%
+% \maketitle
+% \begin{abstract}
+% \noindent
+% This package enables to generate multilingual bibliographies in
+% cooperation with |babel|.
+% Two approaches are possible:
+% Each citation may be written in another language, or the whole
+% bibliography can be typeset in a language chosen by the user.
+% 
+% In addition, the package supports commands to change the typography
+% of the bibliographies.
+% 
+% The current version supports Afrikaans, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
+% English, Esperanto, Finnish, French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work
+%   with \texttt{frenchle} prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle
+%   package or use the native babel support for French, instead.}
+% German, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish.
+% Please help me to add more languages.
+% 
+% Many of the standard and extended bibliography styles are available.
+% Please read section~\ref{sec:styles}.
+%
+% \textbf{If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
+% The mechanism to change fonts have changed, please read
+% section~\ref{sec:typography}.}
+%
+% Have a look to \texttt{tugboat-babelbib.pdf} which includes detailed
+% descriptions how to use and extend the babelbib bundle.
+% \end{abstract}
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \section*{Copyright}
+% Copyright 2003--2005 Harald Harders.
+%
+% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the terms
+% of the LaTeX Project Public License Distributed from CTAN
+% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+% version 1 of the License, or any later version.
+%
+% \section{Introduction}
+%
+% This package is a replacement for |bibgerm.sty| \cite{germbib} with the
+% aim to be extendable to other languages more easily.
+% In addition, |babelbib| provides a more flexible typography of
+% bibliographies without the need to change |bst| files.
+% But there are two shortcomings: This package needs
+% |babel.sty|~\cite{babel} (thus, it does not work with |german.sty|
+% or |ngerman.sty|), and it is written for \LaTeXe\ and does not work
+% with plain \TeX.
+%
+% The current version supports Afrikaans, Danish, Dutch, English,
+% Esperanto, Finnish, French,\footnote{Babelbib does not work with
+% \texttt{frenchle} prior V5,987. Please update the frenchle package
+% or use the native babel support for French, instead.}
+% German, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish.
+%
+% If you have used version 0.1 of this package:
+% The mechanism to change fonts have changed, please read
+% section~\ref{sec:typography}.
+%
+% \section{Usage}%
+% \label{sec:usage}%
+%
+% To use this package place
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
+% into the preamble of your document.
+% The package loads all necessary language definitions for all files
+% it knows that are loaded by |babel|.
+% 
+% By default, the language of the bibliographic keywords (``editor'',
+% ``page'', etc.) switches for each item to the language of the cited
+% document.
+% If all citations shall be written in the same language, add the
+% option\index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|usage} |fixlanguage|
+% to the package call.
+% Then, all bibliographies are typeset in the document's main
+% language.
+% To change the bibliography's language, use
+% \DescribeMacro{\selectbiblanguage}
+% |\selectbiblanguage{|$\langle$language$\rangle$|}|.
+% This command only has an effect, if |fixlanguage| is set. 
+%
+% |babelbib| supports the \BibTeX\ styles |babplain|, |babplai3|,
+% |babalpha|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |bababbr3| that correspond
+% to the standard |bst| files, but include international support as
+% well as flexible typography.\footnote{The versions with the
+%   \texttt{3} in the filenames replace the second and later authors by
+%   \emph{et al.}, if more than three authors are given.}
+% As usual, you select the style using
+% \DescribeMacro{\bibliographystyle}
+% |\bibliographystyle{|$\langle$filename$\rangle$|}|.
+% In addition, the package supports the \BibTeX\ style |babamspl|
+% which corresponds to |amsplain| by the \AmS. 
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
+%   define commands for language names}%
+% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|usage}%
+% If you want to use this style, you have to add the option
+% |languagenames| to the call of the package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\declarebtxcommands}%
+% If you don't like some of the keywords provided by |babelbib|, or if
+% you want to use new ones, you are able to get these using the
+% command \cs{declarebtxcommands}.
+% It takes two arguments, where the first is the language for which
+% you want to add or change keywords, and the second is the list of
+% command definitions.
+% It seems to be best to show that for an example. 
+% You may want to change the definitions for Ph.D.\ theses for English
+% and German with new orthography (the defaults are ``PhD thesis'' resp.\
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'}).
+% You can reach a change by the following code:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\declarebtxcommands{english}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{english}{Ph.D.\ thesis}}%
+%}
+%\declarebtxcommands{ngerman}{%
+%  \def\btxphdthesis#1{\protect\foreignlanguage{ngerman}{Doktorarbeit}}%
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% You may change more than one command in one |\setbtxcommand|
+% command.
+% You just have to add more of the |\def|\ldots\ lines.
+% But please don't forget the percent sign at the end of the lines in
+% order to avoid unwanted spaces in the output.
+% The \AmS\ \BibTeX\ style |amsplain| uses ``Ph.D.\ thesis'' instead
+% of the default ``PhD thesis'' for |babamspl|.
+% If you want the same keyword as in the \AmS\ original, you can use
+% the |\declarebtxcommands| line shown above.
+%
+% \section{Preparing the \texttt{bib} files}
+%
+% In order to use the feature of multilingual bibliographies, add the
+% field |language| to every entry in your |bib| files.
+% This field gives the language of the cited document, e.\,g.
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%@InBook{dieter1997a,
+%  editor =       {Dieter, George~E. and others},
+%  title =        {Materials Selection and Design},
+%  chapter =      {Effects of Composition, Processing, and Structure on 
+%                  Properties of Engineering Plastics},
+%  publisher =    {ASM International},
+%  year =         1997,
+%  volume =       20,
+%  series =       {ASM Handbook},
+%  pages =        {434--456},
+%  language =     {english},
+%  isbn =         {0-87170-386-6}
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% Then, the output of the document data (title, authors, series, etc.)
+% is typeset with correct hyphenation patterns.
+% Wheather also the keywords (``edition'', ``pages'', etc.) are
+% switched to the citation language, depends on wheather |fixlanguage|
+% has been used.
+% All languages that appear in the bibliography have to be loaded by
+% |babel|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+% If the field |language| is missing, the citation is typeset using a
+% fall-back language.
+% By default, the document's main language (that one that is active at
+% \cs{begin\{document\}}) is used.
+% You can change the fall-back language by using
+% \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage\marg{language}}, e.\,g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\setbtxfallbacklanguage{ngerman}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% |babelbib| supports four additional fields:
+% |ISBN|, |ISSN|, |URL|, and |URLDATE|.
+% |ISBN| and |ISSN| take the ISBN or ISSN respectively.
+% |URL| is the address of a WWW page while |URLDATE| is the date when
+% the WWW page has been visited.
+% The field |URL| is typeset using the command |\url| if available,
+% e.\,g., if the user has loaded |url.sty|.
+% Otherwise, |babelbib| defines a |\url| command which just calls
+% |\texttt|.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\biblanguage}%
+% If you want to use language-dependent commands as \cs{alsoname} in a
+% bibliography that was produced with |fixlanguage| you will be
+% surprised that the commands change the output depending on the
+% language of the citation.
+% If you want to write a field with the keyword language, you can use
+% the command \cs{biblanguage}, e.g.,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%@Article{abinger1988a,
+%  author =      {Abinger, R. and Hammer, F. and Leopold, J. and others},
+%  title =       {Gro"sschaden an einem 300"=MW"=Dampfturbosatz},
+%  journal =     {Der Maschinenschaden},
+%  year =        1988,
+%  volume =      61,
+%  number =      2,
+%  pages =       {58--60},
+%  language =    {ngerman},
+%  note =        {\biblanguage{\alsoname~\cite{abinger1990a}}}
+%}\end{verbatim}
+% This will give the note ``\alsoname~[\ldots]'' instead of
+% ``{\selectlanguage{ngerman}\alsoname~[\ldots]}'' when the
+% bibliography uses English keywords.
+%
+%
+% \section{Available bibliography styles}%
+% \label{sec:styles}%
+%
+% The |babelbib| bundle contains adapted versions of the standard
+% bibliography styles |plain|, |unsrt|, |abbrv|, and |alpha|.
+% They are called |babplain|, |babunsrt|, |bababbrv|, and |babalpha|,
+% respectively.
+% All variants write names in a special manner when more than one
+% author is given.
+% The first author ist written ``Lastname, Forename'' while all other
+% authors are written ``Forename Lastname''.
+% This is done to emphesize the ordering by the lastname.
+%
+% If you don't want this behaviour you can use additional variants
+% that use the same notation for all names.
+% By appending |-fl| to the style name, e.\,g., |babalpha-fl|, all names
+% are written ``Forename Lastname''.
+% By appending |-lf|, e.\,g., |babalpha-lf|, all names are written
+% ``Lastname, Forename''.
+%
+% The style |babamspl| is the |babelbib| equivalent to |amsplain|.
+%
+%
+% \section{Customisation of the bibliography's typography}
+% \label{sec:typography}%
+%
+% In constrast to the standard and |germbib| |bst| files, the
+% appearance of the different data types is not fixed for |bab*.bst|.
+% There are commands for some data fields that determine the used
+% font.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\setbibliographyfont}%
+% You can change some font specifications in the bibliography using
+% the command
+% \cs{setbibliographyfont\{\textrm{\meta{element}}\}\{\textrm{\meta{font command}}\}},
+% where \meta{element} is a typographic element, listed in
+% table~\ref{tab:elements}.
+% \begin{table}[tp]
+%   \centering
+%   \caption{Default values for the fonts in bibliographies.
+%     If no value is given, the standard font (normally upright roman)
+%     is used.}
+%   \label{tab:elements}
+%   \begin{tabular}{llll}
+%     \toprule
+%     Element& Data types& \multicolumn{2}{c}{Default value for
+%     \BibTeX\ style} \\
+%     && |bababbrv|, |babalpha|& |babamspl| \\
+%     && |babplain|, |babunsrt|& \\
+%     \midrule
+%     name& Authors, editors& & \\
+%     lastname& Lastnames of Authors, editors& & \\
+%     title& All kinds of titles& \cs{emph}& \cs{emph}\\
+%     etal& ``\emph{et al.}''& \cs{emph}& \\
+%     journal& Journal title& & \\
+%     volume& Volume (journal)& & \cs{textbf} \\
+%     ISBN& ISBN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
+%     ISSN& ISSN& \cs{MakeUppercase}& \cs{MakeUppercase} \\
+%     url& URL& \cs{url}& \cs{url} \\
+%     urldate& visiting date of URL& & \\
+%     \bottomrule
+%   \end{tabular}
+% \end{table}
+% \meta{font command} is a command that takes one argument, e.\,g.\
+% |\textbf|, |\emph|, or |\textsc|.
+% If no suitable command is available, you have to define one, first.
+% For example, you can get a bold italic font as follows:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\newcommand\textitbf[1]{{\bfseries\itshape #1\/}}%
+%\setbibliographyfont{title}{\textitbf}%\end{verbatim}
+% As it can be seen in this example, the argument of the used font
+% command mustn't be specified in |\setbibliographyfont|.
+%
+% The \meta{element} |name| changes the whole name of the author,
+% including forename and lastname.
+% If |lastname| is also specified, it changes the lastname within the
+% font for the name.
+% For example,
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\setbibliographyfont{name}{\emph}
+%\setbibliographyfont{lastname}{\MakeUppercase}\end{verbatim}
+% leads to |\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}| resp.\
+% ``\emph{Harald \MakeUppercase{Harders}}''.
+%
+% The font definition for |urldate| can also be used not to change the
+% font but to provide a command that writes the date in the correct
+% language, e.\,g., using the |isodate| package:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage[short]{isodate}
+%\setbibliographyfont{urldate}{\printdate}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxISBN}%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxISSN}%
+% There are two additional commands, \cs{btxISBN} and \cs{btxISSN}.
+% They generate the strings ``ISBN'' and ``ISSN'' in bibliographies. 
+% By default, they do it without a change of the font. 
+% For example, if using oldstyle digits, it could be worth to change
+% them e.\,g.\ to
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\renewcommand\btxISBN{\textsc{isbn}}
+%\renewcommand\btxISSN{\textsc{issn}}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISBN}%
+% \DescribeMacro{\btxprintISSN}%
+% By default, the ISBN resp.\ ISSN is printed if present in the data
+% base.
+% You can switch this behaviour off by using \cs{btxprintISBN\{false\}}
+% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{false\}}.
+% Similarly, printing is switched on by \cs{btxprintISBN\{true\}}
+% resp.\ \cs{btxprintISSN\{true\}}.
+% This, however, only works for the "`standard"' styles, i.\,e., not for
+% the \AmS\ style |babamspl|.
+%
+% If you are using |babamspl|, the language names of the citations are
+% printed by default, as the original \AmS\ style does it.
+% You can avoid this by adding following line to your preamble:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\newcommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{}\end{verbatim}
+%
+%
+% \section{How to add new languages}
+%
+% The language definitions are placed in special files with the
+% extension |.bdf|.
+% If you want to add a new language to the |babelbib| system, you
+% should copy one of the existing |bdf| files and change the new
+% file.
+% 
+% Since |babelbib.sty| contains a list of known languages, it will not
+% find the new language definition file, automatically. 
+% Then, you can give the name of the new file without extension as an
+% option when loading |babelbib|. 
+% For example, to load |mylang.bdf|, you have to load the package as
+% follows:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+%\usepackage[mylang]{babelbib}\end{verbatim}
+%
+% If you have developed a new |bdf| file, please send it to
+% |h.harders@tu-bs.de|.
+% Then, I will add it to the |babelbib| system.
+%
+% \section{Problems and Incompatibilities}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Babelbib does not work together with old versions of the
+%   |frenchle| package prior V5,987.
+%   Please update the frenchle package or use the native babel support
+%   for the French language, instead.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \section{To Do}
+%
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item Add more languages.
+% \item Complete Dutch.
+% \item Add the possibility to switch off ISBN and ISSN to |babasmpl|.
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+%
+% \section*{Acknowledgements}
+%
+% Danie Els, \url{dnjels@sun.ac.za} (Afrikaans);
+% Taneli Huuskonen, \url{huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi} (Esperanto, Finnish);
+% V\'\i ctor Lua\~na, \url{victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es} (Spanish);
+% Hans Fredrik Nordhaug, \url{hansfn@mi.uib.no} (Norwegian, Swedish);
+% Robert Fuster, \url{rfuster@imm.upv.es} (Catalan);
+% Markus Kohm, \url{komascript@gmx.info} (Different schemes for writing names);
+% Matthias D. Eisner, \url{matthias.eisner@ethz.ch} (protect
+% \cs{foreignlanguage} calls);
+% Daniel Winkelmann, \url{daniel.winkelmann@club-internet.fr}
+% (idea for different formatting of forenames and lastnames);
+% Jan Steffan, \url{me@jansteffan.de} (\cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage});
+% Philip Ratcliffe, \url{philip.ratcliffe@email.it} (corrections for
+% Italian); Angel Tsankov, \url{bigman@abv.bg} (bugfix with
+% \cs{bbbb\meta{\cs{CurrentOption}}loaded}).
+%
+%
+%\begin{thebibliography}{1}
+%  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%
+%  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%
+%
+%\selectlanguage{\english}
+%\bibitem{babel}
+%\btxnamefont{Braams, Johannes}: \btxtitlefont{Babel, a multilingual package
+%  for use with \LaTeX's standard document classes}, 2002.
+%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:macros/latex/required/babel/}.
+%
+%\selectlanguage{\english}
+%\bibitem{germbib}
+%\btxnamefont{Wallmeier, M.}, A.~Scherer\btxandcomma{} \btxandlong{}\
+%  \btxnamefont{H.~Harders}: \btxtitlefont{Macros for german {\BibTeX}ing},
+%  2000.
+%\newblock \btxurlfont{CTAN:biblio/bibtex/contrib/germbib/}.
+%
+%\end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges \PrintIndex}
+%
+%
+% \section{The implementation}
+%
+% Source lines that look like \texttt{$\langle$*...$\rangle$} or
+% \texttt{$\langle$/...$\rangle$} where \texttt{...} is arbitrary text
+% are not written into the output files.
+% If a source line starts with \texttt{$\langle$...$\rangle$}, this
+% part of the line is omitted.
+%
+% \subsection{Headings of the files}
+%
+% Heading of the package and the other files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1998/06/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{babelbib}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% File heads of the |bdf| files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<afrikaans>%% Language definitions for Afrikaans by
+%<afrikaans>%%   Danie Els, dnjels@sun.ac.za
+%<afrikaans>\ProvidesFile{afrikaans.bdf}
+%<catalan>%% Language definitions for Catalan by
+%<catalan>%%   Robert Fuster, rfuster@imm.upv.es
+%<catalan>\ProvidesFile{catalan.bdf}
+%<danish>\ProvidesFile{danish.bdf}
+%<dutch>\ProvidesFile{dutch.bdf}
+%<english>\ProvidesFile{english.bdf}
+%<esperanto>%% Language definitions for Esperanto by
+%<esperanto>%%   Taneli Huuskonen, huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi
+%<esperanto>\ProvidesFile{esperanto.bdf}
+%<portuguese>%% Language definitions for Portuguese by
+%<portuguese>%%   Jos\'e Carlos Santos, jcsantos@fc.up.pt
+%<portuguese>\ProvidesFile{portuguese.bdf}
+%<finnish>%% Language definitions for Finnish by
+%<finnish>%%   Taneli Huuskonen, huuskone@cc.helsinki.fi
+%<finnish>\ProvidesFile{finnish.bdf}
+%<french>\ProvidesFile{french.bdf}
+%<german>\ProvidesFile{german.bdf}
+%<italian>\ProvidesFile{italian.bdf}
+%<norsk>%% Language definitions for Norwegian by
+%<norsk>%%   Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no>
+%<norsk>\ProvidesFile{norsk.bdf}
+%<spanish>%% Language definitions for spanish by
+%<spanish>%%   V{\'\i}ctor Lua{\~n}a, victor@fluor.quimica.uniovi.es
+%<spanish>\ProvidesFile{spanish.bdf}
+%<swedish>%% Language definitions for Swedish by
+%<swedish>%%   Hans Fredrik Nordhaug <hansfn@mi.uib.no>
+%<swedish>\ProvidesFile{swedish.bdf}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Version information unique for all generated files:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<latex>  [2005/09/01 v1.15  babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)]
+%<bst>%% 2005/09/01 v1.15  babelbib: multilingual bibliographies (HH)
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The package itself}
+%
+% \index{fixlanguage=\texttt{fixlanguage}|main}%
+% Define an option which fixes the language in the bibliography to the
+% main language of the document.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\newif\ifbbbbfixlanguage
+\DeclareOption{fixlanguage}{\bbbbfixlanguagetrue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added option \texttt{languagenames} to
+%   define commands for language names}%
+% \index{languagenames=\texttt{languagenames}|main}%
+% If this option is used, generate the commands
+% \cs{btxlanguagename}\meta{language} that save how languages are
+% called in other languages, e.\,g. in German, French is called
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`französisch"'}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifbbbblanguagenames
+\DeclareOption{languagenames}{\bbbblanguagenamestrue}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If additional options are given, try to load these as
+% languages. This is implemented in order to be able to use a new
+% language that is not yet supported by the official |babelbib|.
+% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Small bug fix in loading language files}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption*{%
+  \InputIfFileExists{\CurrentOption.bdf}{%
+    \expandafter\def\csname bbbb\CurrentOption loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
+  }{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{%
+      Language definition file \CurrentOption.bdf not found}{%
+      Maybe you misspelled the language option?}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Process the given options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\bbbbifundefined}
+% Define a replacement for \cs{@ifundefined} that does not define the
+% command it is tested for as side effect.
+% This command has been taken from a news posting by Markus Kohm
+% (|markus.kohm@gmx.de|).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\bbbbifundefined}[1]{%
+  \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bbbbaddto}
+% Adds the command named |\bibs#2| to the command |\extras#1|, if this
+% command is defined before, where |#1| and |#2| are the arguments of
+% |\bbbbaddto|. For internal use only.
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Changed \cs{bbbbaddto} in order to allow
+%   different commands to be added to \cs{extras}\meta{language}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bbbbaddto[2]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Test wheather  |\extras#1| is defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\bbbbifundefined{extras#1}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Call |babel|'s command to append |\bibs#1| to |\extras#1|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter\addto\expandafter{\csname extras#1\endcsname}{%
+      \csname #2\endcsname}%
+    \typeout{babelbib extension \@backslashchar #2 added to
+      \string\extras #1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\inputbdf}
+% Input the file |#2.bdf| if babel has loaded the language |#1|. 
+% For internal use only.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\inputbdf[2]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/05}{Test on \cs{date}\meta{language} instead on
+%   \cs{l@}\meta{language} (caused problems with \TeX Live)}%
+% Test wheather |\date#1| is defined which is the case if the language
+% |#1| has been loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{}{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Input |#2.bdf|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@ifundefined{bbbb#2loaded}{%
+      \expandafter\def\csname bbbb#2loaded\endcsname{\@empty}%
+      \input{#2.bdf}%
+    }{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\selectbiblanguage}
+% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Handling of usage before or after
+%   \texttt{begin\{document\}} added}%
+% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which explicitly selects the language
+% for the bibliography. This is only useful when the option
+% |fixlanguage| is used.
+% Otherwise the command produces a warning and does nothing else.
+%
+% Since all the language dependent macros are not know before
+% |\begin{document}|, the command |\selectbiblanguage| has to wait
+% until there, before doing any action. 
+% Because after |\begin{document}|, it can do the action immediately,
+% |\selectbiblanguge| has to be redefined there.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ifbbbbfixlanguage
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the |\selectlanguage| command for usage before
+% |\begin{document}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \AtBeginDocument{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Redefine it at |\begin{document}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \renewcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{\@selectbiblanguage{#1}}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the ``real'' command that does the action.
+% It tests wheather |\bibs#1| and |\extras#1| are known and produces
+% error messages if not.
+% If everything is okay, change the bibliography language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \newcommand\@selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
+      \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
+          by babel}{%
+          The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
+          Add it to the\MessageBreak
+          options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
+          global options.}%
+      }{%
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
+          babelbib}{%
+          There are no definitions for #1 available in the
+          current\MessageBreak
+          version of babelbib. Please contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
+      }%
+    }{%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Set language for keywords in the bibliography fixed to #1}%
+      \csname bibs#1\endcsname
+    }%
+  }
+\else
+  \newcommand\selectbiblanguage[1]{%
+    \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Command \string\selectbiblanguage\space
+      used without package\MessageBreak
+      option fixlanguage. Ignored}%
+  }
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Use citation-dependent languages in bibliography}%
+  }
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxselectlanguage}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\selectbiblanguage| which selects a language and complains
+% if babelbib does not know about this language.
+% For internal use, only.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxselectlanguage[1]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{bibs#1}{%
+    \bbbbifundefined{date#1}{%
+      \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography not loaded
+        by babel}{%
+        The language #1 hasn't been loaded by babel.
+        Add it to the\MessageBreak
+        options of the \string\usepackage{babel} command or to the
+        global options.}%
+    }{%
+      \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+        \PackageWarning{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography
+          unknown\MessageBreak 
+          by babelbib. Hyphenation will be\MessageBreak
+          incorrect}%
+      \else
+        \PackageError{babelbib}{Language #1 in bibliography unknown by
+          babelbib}{%
+          There are no definitions for #1 available in the
+          current\MessageBreak
+          version of babelbib. Please contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  }{%
+    \selectlanguage{#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\biblanguage}
+% \changes{1.15}{2005/09/01}{Add \cs{biblanguage} that switches to the
+%   keyword language within a field}%
+% Define \cs{biblanguage} which switches to the keyword language
+% within a field.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\biblanguage[1]{{%
+    \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\biblanguagename}#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxlanguagename}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\btxlanguagename| which typesets the name of the language
+% given in the argument, spoken in the current active language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxlanguagename[1]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btxlanguagename#1}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Languagename for #1 not
+      defined\MessageBreak
+      in \languagename\space language}{%
+      Either you have forgotten to specify the option `languagenames'
+      when loading\MessageBreak
+      babelbib, or the command \string\bibs\languagename\space does
+      not contain a definition\MessageBreak
+      for the command \string\btxlanguagename#1.
+      In the latter case, please\MessageBreak 
+      contact h.harders@tu-bs.de.}%
+    #1%
+  }{%
+    \@nameuse{btxlanguagename#1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add the command \cs{setbtxfallbacklanguage}
+%   to force a fall-back language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\setbtxfallbacklanguage[1]{%
+  \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{#1}%
+  \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
+    \btxfallbacklanguage}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxfallbacklanguage}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Add the command \cs{btxfallbacklanguage}
+%   for items without given language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifundefined{btxfallbacklanguage}{%
+    \edef\btxfallbacklanguage{\languagename}%
+  \typeout{babelbib: Set bibliography fall-back language to
+    \btxfallbacklanguage}%
+  }{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography fall-back language unchanged
+      (\btxfallbacklanguage)}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\declarebtxcommands}
+% \changes{0.3}{2003/04/21}{Added}%
+% Declare |\declarebtxcommands| which adds or replaces one or more of the
+% |\Btx| or |\btx| commands defined in a \cs{bibs}\meta{language}
+% command.
+% The first argument gives the language for which the commands shall
+% be added or changed.
+% The second argument includes the definitions of the commands.
+% For an example, see section~\ref{sec:usage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\declarebtxcommands[2]{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Add a command to \string\bibs#1}%
+    \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname bibs#1\endcsname{#2}%
+    \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+      \selectbiblanguage{\biblanguagename}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This command may only be used in the preamble.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@onlypreamble\declarebtxcommands
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseon}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxifchangecaseoff}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% The bst files write titles twice, first with changed case and second
+% with preserved case.
+% The macros \cs{btxifchangecaseon} and \cs{btxifchangecaseoff}
+% typeset one of these versions.
+% The languages append one of these commands to the
+% \cs{extras}\meta{language} commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseon{%
+  \def\btxifchangecase{\@firstoftwo}%
+}%
+\newcommand*\btxifchangecaseoff{%
+  \def\btxifchangecase{\@secondoftwo}%
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\setbibliographyfont}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Don't change the font commands directly
+%   but use this command}%
+% Define |\setbibliographyfont| and |\setbibliographyfont*| that set
+% the font declared by the first argument |#1| to the second argument
+% |#2|.
+% The second argument has to be a macro with one argument, like
+% |\textbf|, |\emph|, |\textsc|, etc.
+% The normal version generates an error, if the internal command
+% |\btx#1font| is not defined. 
+% The star version doesn't.
+% error.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\setbibliographyfont{%
+  \@ifnextchar*{\@@setbibliographyfont}{\@setbibliographyfont}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@setbibliographyfont}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@setbibliographyfont[2]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
+      You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
+      \MessageBreak
+      `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#1' changed.}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
+% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@@setbibliographyfont[3]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
+    \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' newly defined.}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Bibliography font for `#2' changed.}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\providebibliographyfont}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\providebibliographyfont| and |\providebibliographyfont*|
+% that do the same as |\setbibliographyfont| and
+% |\setbibliographyfont*|, but only, if |\setbibliographyfont| has not
+% been used for |#1|, before.
+% It is similar to |\providecommmand| which only defines that command
+% if it is undefined, before.
+% This command is intended to be used by the \BibTeX\ style, but can
+% also be used by the user.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\providebibliographyfont{%
+  \@ifnextchar*{\@@providebibliographyfont}{\@providebibliographyfont}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@providebibliographyfont}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@providebibliographyfont[2]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#1font}{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{Bibliography font `#1' can't be set}{%
+      You have tried to define a font for the bibliographic element
+      \MessageBreak
+      `#1', which is unknown to babelbib}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#1font\endcsname\@empty
+      \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#1font\endcsname{#2}%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#1'.}%
+    \else
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#1'.}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setbibliographyfont}
+% The first argument is the |*| and ignored.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\@@providebibliographyfont[3]{%
+  \bbbbifundefined{btx#2font}{%
+    \expandafter\newcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+    \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
+  }{%
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname btx#2font\endcsname\@empty
+      \expandafter\renewcommand\csname btx#2font\endcsname{#3}%
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using the BibTeX style's default font for `#2'.}%
+    \else
+      \typeout{babelbib: Using user changed font for `#2'.}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxnamefont}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Add new font for journal names}%
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add new font \cs{btxlastname} for last
+%   names}%
+% Define the dummy commands for available fonts
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxnamefont{}
+\let\btxnamefont=\@empty
+\newcommand*\btxlastnamefont{}
+\let\btxlastnamefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxtitlefont{}
+\let\btxtitlefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxetalfont{}
+\let\btxetalfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxjournalfont{}
+\let\btxjournalfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxvolumefont{}
+\let\btxvolumefont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxISBNfont{}
+\let\btxISBNfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxISSNfont{}
+\let\btxISSNfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxurlfont{}
+\let\btxurlfont=\@empty
+\newcommand\btxurldatefont{}
+\let\btxurldatefont=\@empty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxauthorcolon}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added}%
+% Define |\btxauthorcolon| which defines the characters typeset after 
+% the authors, if they are written before the title.
+% By default, it is a ``:''. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxauthorcolon{:}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxISBN}
+% Define |\btxISBN| which outputs "`ISBN"' in a bibliography. 
+% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{isbn}| when old style
+% digits are used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxISBN{ISBN}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxISSN}
+% Define |\btxISSN| which outputs "`ISSN"' in a bibliography. 
+% For example, it could be defined to |\textsc{issn}| when old style
+% digits are used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\btxISSN{ISSN}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtxprintISSN}
+% These commands are used by the bibliography styles to typeset the
+% ISBN or ISSN only if wanted.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISBN[1]{\ifbtx@printISBN #1\fi}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\ifbtxprintISSN[1]{\ifbtx@printISSN #1\fi}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\btxprintISSN}
+% These macros are used to switch on or off printing of ISBN resp.\
+% ISSN.
+% Valid arguments are |true| and |false|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\btxprintISBN[1]{\csname btx@printISBN#1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*\btxprintISSN[1]{\csname btx@printISSN#1\endcsname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISBN}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifbtx@printISSN}
+% The booleans that store the necessary information.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifbtx@printISBN
+\newif\ifbtx@printISSN
+\btxprintISBN{true}
+\btxprintISSN{true}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\url}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{If no \cs{url} command is defined,
+%   produce an error}%
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added, if not available by another
+%   package}%
+% Define |\url| which, by default, is used for URLs. Only necessary if
+% not provided by another package, e.\,g.\ |url.sty|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \providecommand\url[1]{%
+    \PackageError{babelbib}{No \string\url\space command defined but
+      field URL used\MessageBreak
+      in bibliography}{%
+      Please define a \string\url\space command for printing URLs
+      before \string\begin{document}, e.\,g.\MessageBreak
+        by loading the package `url.sty'.}%
+    \texttt{#1}%
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Perform the following commands at |\begin{document}| in order to be
+% sure to do that after loading |babel|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Load |babel| if that has not been done, yet.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \RequirePackage{babel}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Input all know languages that babel has also loaded, before.
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Removed Italian from the list of
+%   automatically found languages, since it is not complete, yet}%
+% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added Italian to the list of automatically
+%   found languages, again}%
+% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans}%
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Added Norwegian (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Renamed franceis to francais}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \inputbdf{afrikaans}{afrikaans}
+  \inputbdf{american}{english}
+  \inputbdf{austrian}{german}
+  \inputbdf{brazil}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{brazilian}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{british}{english}
+  \inputbdf{canadian}{english}
+  \inputbdf{canadien}{french}
+  \inputbdf{catalan}{catalan}
+  \inputbdf{danish}{danish}
+  \inputbdf{dutch}{dutch}
+  \inputbdf{english}{english}
+  \inputbdf{esperanto}{esperanto}
+  \inputbdf{finnish}{finnish}
+  \inputbdf{francais}{french}
+  \inputbdf{french}{french}
+  \inputbdf{frenchb}{french}
+  \inputbdf{german}{german}
+  \inputbdf{germanb}{german}
+  \inputbdf{italian}{italian}
+  \inputbdf{norsk}{norsk}
+  \inputbdf{mexican}{spanish}
+  \inputbdf{naustrian}{german}
+  \inputbdf{ngerman}{german}
+  \inputbdf{portuges}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{portuguese}{portuguese}
+  \inputbdf{spanish}{spanish}
+  \inputbdf{swedish}{swedish}
+  \inputbdf{UKenglish}{english}
+  \inputbdf{USenglish}{english}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Call |\bibs#1|, where |#1| stands for the main language of the
+% document, to activate the additional bibliographic commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+    \typeout{babelbib: Load BibTeX extensions
+      \string\bibs\bbl@main@language\space for \bbl@main@language}%
+    \selectbiblanguage{\bbl@main@language}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter\selectlanguage\expandafter{\bbl@main@language}%
+  \fi
+}
+%</package>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{The language definitions}
+%
+% \subsubsection{German}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*german>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgerman}
+% Define |\bibsgerman| which itself defines all necessary expressions
+% used in bibliographies that differ in different languages.
+% This command is used for all German dialects.
+%
+% Since the language of the keywords may differ from the language of
+% the bibliography item, the keyword language is set for each keyword.
+% Because this command is also used for dialects, it has an optional
+% argument which is set to the dialect.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgerman[1][german]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define the command |\biblanguagename| that always returns the name
+% of the current language for bibliographies.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First, define all commands for usage within a sentence (which
+% normally start with a lowercase letter, if they aren't a noun).
+% These commands start with a lowercase letter.
+%
+% Many commands have an argument. This may be used by the bib\TeX\
+% styles to append a dot after abbreviations, e.\,g.\
+% |\btxetalshort{.}|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{und}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The command |\btxandcomma| contains a ``,'' if a comma is added
+% before the ``and'' in a list of more than two items.
+% For German, this is not the case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in:}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d.\ Reihe}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{der Reihe}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hrsg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Herausgeber}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Band}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Avoid the ligature in
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Auf"|lage"'} in the same way, |babel|
+% does it.
+% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
+% In \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Aufl"'} the ligature is still
+% used since this is done in abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aufl##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      Auf\penalty10000\discretionary{-}{}{\kern.03em}%
+    \allowhyphens lage}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seite}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Seiten}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Diplomarbeit}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Dissertation"'} instead of 
+% \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Doktorarbeit"'} for PhD theses.
+% This is a change in the behaviour to the |germbib| package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dissertation}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ Ber##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technischer Bericht}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dezember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\"arz}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dez##1{}}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then, define all commands for usage at the begin of a sentence
+% (which start with an uppercase letter).
+% These commands start with an uppercase letter.
+% Since, in German, many nouns are the same in the middle and at the
+% start of a sentence, the |\Btx| variants just call the |\btx|
+% variant.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In:}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort{\btxeditorshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong{\btxeditorlong}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort{\btxeditorsshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong{\btxeditorslong}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort{\btxvolumeshort}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong{\btxvolumelong}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort{\btxnumbershort}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong{\btxnumberlong}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort{\btxeditionshort}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong{\btxeditionlong}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort{\btxchaptershort}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong{\btxchapterlong}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort{\btxpageshort}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong{\btxpagelong}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort{\btxpagesshort}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong{\btxpageslong}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort{\btxtechrepshort}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong{\btxtechreplong}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{besucht:}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% A command that just puts some user defined text in the language of
+% the keywords.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+% For example, used by |babamspl.bst|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tschechisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{niederl\"andisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franz\"osisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griechisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebr\"aisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lateinisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deutsch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neunorwegisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polnisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugiesisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schottisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{schwedisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t\"urkisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englisch}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsgermanb}
+% Do the same for the language ``germanb''. Since there is no
+% difference, just call |\bibsgerman|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsgermanb{\bibsgerman}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsngerman}
+% Do the same for German with new ortography. Call |\bibsgerman| with
+% new hyphenation patterns.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsngerman[1][ngerman]{\bibsgerman[#1]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsaustrian}
+% Once again. Austrians use \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`J\"anner"'}
+% instead of \foreignlanguage{ngerman}{"`Januar"'}. Thus, redefine the
+% corresponding command.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsaustrian[1][austrian]{%
+  \bibsgerman[#1]%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsnaustrian}
+% New Austrian is the same as Austrian.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsnaustrian[1][naustrian]{%
+  \bibsngerman[#1]%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"anner}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{J\"an##1{}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% The rest has to be executed after loading |babel.sty|, because the
+% |\extra...| commands have to be defined for all used languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the language is fixed, do nothing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the corresponding |\#2| command to each used language,
+% namely |\extras#1|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \bbbbaddto{austrian}{bibsaustrian}
+    \bbbbaddto{german}{bibsgerman}
+    \bbbbaddto{germanb}{bibsgermanb}
+    \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{bibsnaustrian}
+    \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{bibsngerman}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all German dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{austrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{german}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{germanb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{naustrian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{ngerman}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</german>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{English}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*english>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for English is mostly the same as the German
+% one. Therefore, it is not described in detail, again.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsenglish}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
+% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsenglish}. 
+% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsenglish{}}
+\makeatother
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Changed some abbreviations}%
+% Bibliographic commands for English.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\bibsenglish[1][english]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{and}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{of}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{number}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edition}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ch##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapter}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Master's thesis}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD thesis}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Techn.\ rep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical report}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{January}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{February}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{March}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{October}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{June}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{July}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Number}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edition}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ch##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapter}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rep##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technical Report}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{visited on}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added language names}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portuguese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{english}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsamerican{\bibsenglish[american]}
+\newcommand\bibsbritish{\bibsenglish[british]}
+\newcommand\bibscanadian{\bibsenglish[canadian]}
+\newcommand\bibsUKenglish{\bibsenglish[UKenglish]}
+\newcommand\bibsUSenglish{\bibsenglish[USenglish]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{american}{bibsamerican}
+    \bbbbaddto{british}{bibsbritish}
+    \bbbbaddto{canadian}{bibscanadian}
+    \bbbbaddto{english}{bibsenglish}
+    \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{bibsUKenglish}
+    \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{bibsUSenglish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all English dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{american}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{british}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{canadian}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{english}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{UKenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
+  \bbbbaddto{USenglish}{btxifchangecaseon}
+}
+%</english>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Italian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*italian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsitalian}
+% Bibliographic commands for Italian.
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Changed some Italian keywords according
+%   to the custom-bib file italian.mbs}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsitalian[1][italian]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{della serie}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nella serie}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatore}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cur##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{curatori}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edizione}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{capitolo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagine}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di laurea}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tesi di dottorato}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapp.\ Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gennaio}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febbraio}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marzo}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{aprile}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maggio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giugno}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luglio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{settembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ottobre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dicembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{giu##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ott##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dic##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nel}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editore}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editori}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edizione}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Capitolo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagine}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap.\ Tecnico}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapporto Tecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{accesso a}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.2}{2003/04/20}{Added placeholders for language names}%
+% \changes{0.31}{2003/05/01}{Added some language names for Italian}%
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croato}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ceco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{olandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finlandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{francese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ebreo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungherese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tedesco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvegese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nuovo norvegese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polacco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portoghese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scozzese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spagnolo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svedese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{inglese}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{italian}{bibsitalian}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Move change of case from bst to sty}%
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for Italian by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasitalian}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{italian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</italian>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Norwegian}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*norsk>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Norwegian was provided by Hans Fredrik
+% Nordhaug.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsnorsk}
+% Bibliographic commands for Norsk.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsnorsk[1][norsk]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utgave}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapittel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Masteroppgave}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD-avhandling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utgave}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapittel}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sjekket:}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjekkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand\bibsnorwegian{\bibsnorsk}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{norsk}{bibsnorsk}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for Norsk by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extrasnorsk}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{norsk}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</norsk>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{French}
+% \changes{0.32}{2003/05/06}{Added French language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*french>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsfrench}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Handle package \texttt{frenchpro}}%
+% |french.sty| already defines \cs{bibsfrench}. 
+% In this case it has to be redefined, otherwise newly defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter
+\@ifpackageloaded{french}{}{\newcommand\bibsfrench{}}
+\makeatother
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Bibliographic commands for French.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewcommand\bibsfrench[1][french]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dans}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteur}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{r\'edacteurs}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{t##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tome}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{num\'ero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'edition}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{chapitre}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{page}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pages}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{M\'emoire de ma\^itrise}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Th\`ese de doctorat}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rap.\ tech##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rapport technique}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janvier}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'evrier}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juillet}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{septembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octobre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ecembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{f\'ev##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{avr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mai}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juin}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juil##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ao\^ut}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dans}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteur}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{R\'edacteurs}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{T##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tome}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{o}\kern.2em\relax}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Num\'ero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'Edition}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Chapitre}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Page}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pages}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rap. tech##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rapport technique}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{visit\'e le}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Names of all known languages in the current language.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgare}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croate}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tch\`eque}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'eerlandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fran\c{c}ais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongrois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlandais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{allemand}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norv\'egien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nouveau
+        norv\'egien}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polonais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russe}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\'ecossais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbe}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espagnol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{su\'edois}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{anglais}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsfrancais{\bibsfrench[francais]}
+\newcommand\bibsfrenchb{\bibsfrench[frenchb]}
+\newcommand\bibscanadien{\bibsfrench[canadien]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{francais}{bibsfrancais}
+    \bbbbaddto{french}{bibsfrench}
+    \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{bibsfrenchb}
+    \bbbbaddto{canadien}{bibscanadien}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all French dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{francais}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{french}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{frenchb}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{canadien}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.43}{2004/01/06}{Warn if using \texttt{french} language}%
+% \changes{0.44}{2004/01/06}{Only warn if babel version is too old}%
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove warning for old babel package with
+%   \texttt{french} language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</french>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Spanish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Spanish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*spanish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Spanish was provided by V{\'\i}ctor
+% Lua{\~n}a and slightly changed by me according to |spanish.mbs|
+% (custom-bib package).
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsspanish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Spanish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsspanish[1][spanish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~cols##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y~colaboradores}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{y}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumen}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}n}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tulo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Licenciatura}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Doctorado}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Enero}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Febrero}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marzo}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mayo}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septiembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Octubre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Noviembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Deciembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ene##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{May}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dic##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumen}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'on}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itulo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Informe t\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{visitado el}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{griego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lat\'\i n}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\'an}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruso}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\'es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsmexican[1][mexican]{%
+  \bibsspanish[mexican]%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesis de Maestr{\'\i}a}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{spanish}{bibsspanish}
+    \bbbbaddto{mexican}{bibsmexican}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{spanish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{mexican}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</spanish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Danish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Danish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*danish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsdanish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Danish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsdanish[1][danish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{og}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{af}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bind}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{udgave}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{side}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sider}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Speciale}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ph.d.-afhandling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januar}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februar}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marts}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{August}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o r}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakt\o rer}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bd##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bind}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Udgave}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Kapitel}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Side}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sider}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknisk rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bes\o gt den}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjekkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fransk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gr\ae sk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebraisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungarsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islandsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latinsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tysk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spansk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svensk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyrkisk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelsk}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{danish}{bibsdanish}
+  \fi
+  \bbbbaddto{danish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</danish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Finnish}
+% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Finnish language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*finnish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsfinnish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Finnish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsfinnish[1][finnish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ja}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{teoksessa}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sarjassa}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittaja}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toimittajat}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nide}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nro##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{numero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{painos}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{l##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{luku}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivu}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sivut}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pro Gradu -ty\"o}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{v\"ait\"oskirja}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tekninen raportti}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tammikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{helmikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maaliskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huhtikuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{toukokuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes\"akuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hein\"akuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elokuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syyskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lokakuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{marraskuu}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{joulukuu}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tam##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hel##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maa##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{huh##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tou##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kes##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hei##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{elo##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{syy##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{lok##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jou##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teoksessa}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittaja}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toim##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Toimittajat}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nide}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nro##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Numero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Painos}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{L##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Luku}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{S##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivu}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ss##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sivut}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekninen raportti}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vierailtu}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaria}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaani}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaati}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsekki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hollanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suomi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ranska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kreikka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{heprea}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{unkari}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iiri}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italia}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latina}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{saksa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uusnorja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{puola}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugali}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ven\"j\"a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanja}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ruotsi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkki}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{englanti}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{finnish}{bibsfinnish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
+% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{finnish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</finnish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Esperanto}
+% \changes{0.45}{2004/04/21}{Added Esperanto language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*esperanto>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsesperanto}
+% Bibliographic commands for Esperanto.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsesperanto[1][esperanto]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj~aliaj}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{k}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kaj}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoro}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red-oj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redaktoroj}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volumo}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nombro}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakcio}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^c##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^capitro}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^go}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pa\^goj}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{magistra disertacio}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{doktora disertacio}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika raporto}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januaro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februaro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Marco}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aprilo}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Majo}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julio}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{A\u{u}gusto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Septembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktobro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Decembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sept##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{En}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoro}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redaktoroj}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volumo}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nombro}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakcio}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^C##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^Capitro}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^go}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pa\^goj}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tekn.\ Rap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Teknika Raporto}}%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{??}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Esperanto undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgara}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\^ce\^ha}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finna}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franca}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrea}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungara}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{islanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irlanda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latino}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{germana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norvega}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov-norvega}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pola}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugala}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rusa}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skota}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serba}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hispana}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sveda}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turka}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angla}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{bibsesperanto}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles by appending
+% \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{esperanto}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</esperanto>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Portuguese}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Portuguese language}%
+% \changes{1.02}{2005/04/15}{Language Portuguese completed}%
+% \changes{1.10}{2005/04/24}{Bug in Portuguese removed}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*portuguese>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsportuguese}
+% Bibliographic commands for Portuguese.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsportuguese[1][portuguese]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{e}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editores}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      n\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edi\c c\~ao}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap\'\i tulo}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\'aginas}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Mestrado}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tese de Doutoramento}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{janeiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fevereiro}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c co}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{junho}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{julho}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agosto}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{outubro}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembro}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dezembro}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fev##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maio}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{set##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{out##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dez##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editores}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{%
+      N\textsuperscript{\underline{o}}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edi\c c\~ao}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'{\i}tulo}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'ags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\'aginas}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rel.\ T\'ec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Relat\'orio T\'ecnico}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{acedido em}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croata}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{checo}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dinamarqu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{holand\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefranceis{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grego}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{h\'ungaro}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiano}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latim}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{\alem\~ao}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruegu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noruegu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polaco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s\'ervio}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espanhol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sueco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turco}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ingl\^es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Copy the commands to the other languages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsbrazil{\bibsportuguese[brazil]}
+\newcommand\bibsbrazilian{\bibsportuguese[brazilian]}
+\newcommand\bibsportuges{\bibsportuguese[portuges]}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{brazil}{bibsbrazil}
+    \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{bibsbrazilian}
+    \bbbbaddto{portuges}{bibsportuges}
+    \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{bibsportuguese}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch off the change of case in titles for all Portuguese dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{brazil}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{brazilian}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{portuges}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+  \bbbbaddto{portuguese}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</portuguese>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Dutch}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Dutch language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*dutch>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsdutch}
+% Bibliographic commands for Dutch.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsdutch[1][dutch]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en anderen}}% 
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redactie}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{druk}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgave}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfdst##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofdstuk}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pagina's}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scriptie}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{proefschrift}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Druk}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgave}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfdst##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofdstuk}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina's}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bezocht op}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgarian}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catalan}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croatian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{czech}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{d\"anisch}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dutch}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finnish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{french}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{greek}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebrew}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hungarian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{icelandic}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{german}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norwegian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{new-norwegian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scottish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbian}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{swedish}}%
+ %   \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkish}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage    
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{dutch}{bibsdutch}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Dutch dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{dutch}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</dutch>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Swedish}
+% \changes{0.33}{2003/05/22}{Added Swedish language}%
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected swedish (by Hans Fredrik Nordhaug)}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*swedish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Swedish was provided by Hans Fredrik
+% Nordhaug.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsswedish}
+% Bibliographic commands for Swedish.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsswedish[1][swedish]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{och}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{,}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{av}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"or}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakt\"orer}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volym}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nummer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{utg\aa va}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kapitel}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sida}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{s##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sidor}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{scriptie}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{proefschrift}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januari}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februari}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mars}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juni}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Juli}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augusti}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{December}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mar}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maj}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{I}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redactie}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nr##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nummer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Druk}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Utgave}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfdst##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofdstuk}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pag##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pags##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pagina's}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tech.\ Rapp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Technisch Rapport}}%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{??}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Swedish undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgariska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroatiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tjeckiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{danska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederl\"andska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grekiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ungerska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{isl\"andska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iriska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italienska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latin}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tyska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{norska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nynorska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugisiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ryska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skotsks}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spanska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{svenska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turkiska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engelska}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{swedish}{bibsswedish}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Swedish dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{swedish}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</swedish>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Afrikaans}
+% \changes{0.34}{2003/07/28}{Added Afrikaans language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*afrikaans>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Afrikaans was provided by Danie Els.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
+% Bibliographic commands for Afrikaans.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibsafrikaans[1][afrikaans]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{et~alii}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{en}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{}}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{van}}%
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{in}}%
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{red##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteur}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{reds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{redakteurs}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volume}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{no##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nommer}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitg##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{uitgawe}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hfst##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hoofstuk}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsy}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bladsye}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Meesters tesis}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{PhD verhandeling}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ versl##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese verslag}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Januarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Februarie}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Maart}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{April}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Junie}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Julie}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Augustus}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{September}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Oktober}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{November}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Desember}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jan##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mrt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Apr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Mei##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jun##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Jul##1}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Aug##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Okt##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Des##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{In}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Red##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteur}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Reds##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Redakteurs}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volume}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{No##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Nommer}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitg##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Uitgawe}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hfst##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Hoofstuk}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsy}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Pp##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Bladsye}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegn.\ Verslag}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tegniese Verslag}}%
+%  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{??}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Afrikaans undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameafrikaans{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{afrikaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{bulgaars}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{katalaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{kroaties}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{tsjeggies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{deens}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nederlands}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{fins}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{frans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grieks}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreeus}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenhungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongaars}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{yslands}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{iers}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{italiaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenlatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{latyn}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{duits}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamennorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noors}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamennynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neo-noors}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenpolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{pools}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugees}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenrussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{russies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenscottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{skots}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serwies}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenspanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{spaans}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sweeds}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turks}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{engels}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{bibsafrikaans}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{afrikaans}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</afrikaans>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Catalan}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Added Catalan language}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*catalan>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The language definition for Catalan was provided by
+% Robert Fuster, rfuster@imm.upv.es.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\bibsafrikaans}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\bibscatalan[1][catalan]{%
+  \def\biblanguagename{#1}%
+  \def\btxetalshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~al##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxetallong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i~altres}}%
+  \def\btxandshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{i}}%
+  \def\btxandcomma##1{}%
+  \def\btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}%
+  \def\btxinseriesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxofserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{de}}% 
+  \def\btxinserieslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dins}}% 
+  \def\btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}% 
+  \def\btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editor}}%
+  \def\btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{eds##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{editors}}%
+  \def\btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{volum}}%
+  \def\btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n}}%
+  \def\btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{n\'umero}}%
+  \def\btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{edici{\'o}}}%
+  \def\btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{cap{\'\i}tol}}%
+  \def\btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agina}}%
+  \def\btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ps##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{p\`agines}}%
+  \def\btxmastthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesina de Llicenciatura}}%
+  \def\btxphdthesis##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Tesi de Doctorat}}%
+  \def\btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gener}}%
+  \def\btxmonfeblong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{febrer}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abril}}%
+  \def\btxmonmaylong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
+  \def\btxmonjullong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juliol}}%
+  \def\btxmonauglong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{agost}}%
+  \def\btxmonseplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{setembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{octubre}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{novembre}}%
+  \def\btxmondeclong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{desembre}}%
+  \def\btxmonjanshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{gen##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonfebshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{feb##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmarshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{mar\c{c}}}%
+  \def\btxmonaprshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{abr##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonmayshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{maig}}%
+  \def\btxmonjunshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{juny}}%
+  \def\btxmonjulshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{jul}}%
+  \def\btxmonaugshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{ago##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonsepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{sep##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonoctshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{oct##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmonnovshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{nov##1{}}}%
+  \def\btxmondecshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dec##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxinlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
+  \def\Btxinshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Dins}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editor}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorsshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditorslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Editors}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumeshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Vol##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxvolumelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Volum}}%
+  \def\Btxnumbershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'um}}%
+  \def\Btxnumberlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{N\'umero}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Ed##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxeditionlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Edici\'o}}%
+  \def\Btxchaptershort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxchapterlong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Cap\'\itol}}%
+  \def\Btxpageshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpagelong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agina}}%
+  \def\Btxpagesshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P##1{}}}%
+  \def\Btxpageslong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{P\`agines}}%
+  \def\Btxtechrepshort##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Rep. t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\Btxtechreplong##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{Report t\`ecnic}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{visitada el}}%
+  \def\btxurldatecomment##1{\PackageError{babelbib}{Comment for
+      urldate in Catalan undefined. Please send the translation for 
+      'visited on' to harald.harders@tu-bs.de}{}}%
+  \def\btxkeywordlanguage##1{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{##1}}%
+  \ifbbbblanguagenames
+    \def\btxlanguagenameamerican{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazil{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebrazilian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebritish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\'es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamebulgarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{b\'ulgar}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecanadien{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecatalan{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{catal\`a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamecroatian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{croat}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameczech{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{txec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{dan\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamedutch{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{neerland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameesperanto{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{esperanto}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefinnish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{finland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrancais{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrench{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamefrenchb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{franc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegermanb{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamegreek{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{grec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehebrew{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hebreu}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamehungarian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{hongar\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameicelandic{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{island\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameirish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{irland\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameitalian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{itali\`a}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamelatin{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{llat\'\i}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenaustrian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamengerman{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{alem\`any}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamenynorsk{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{noruec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamepolish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{polon\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuges{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameportuguese{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{portugu\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamerussian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{rus}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamescottish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{escoc\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameserbian{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{serbi}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenamespanish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{espa\~nol}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameswedish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{suec}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameturkish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{turc}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUKenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+    \def\btxlanguagenameUSenglish{\protect\foreignlanguage{#1}{angl\`es}}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Append the definitions to the language-calling commands.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifbbbbfixlanguage
+  \else
+    \bbbbaddto{catalan}{bibscatalan}
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switch on the change of case in titles for all Afrikaans dialects by
+% appending \cs{btxifchangecaseoff} to \cs{extras}\meta{language}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \bbbbaddto{catalan}{btxifchangecaseoff}
+}
+%</catalan>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{\BibTeX\ style files}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Moved the \texttt{bst} files into the
+%   global \texttt{dtx} file}%
+%
+% \subsection{``Normal'' \BibTeX\ style files}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic code}
+%
+% Because most parts of the \BibTeX\ style files are equal for all
+% styles, they are generated from the same source code.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare the data fields that are handled by the \BibTeX\ styles.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    isbn
+    issn
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    urldate
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>  { label }
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  { label extra.label sort.label }
+%<*bststd>
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare integer variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS
+  { output.state
+    before.all
+    mid.sentence
+    after.sentence
+    after.block
+    before.title
+  }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare string variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS
+  { s
+    t
+    language.state
+    change.temp
+    isbn.command
+  }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Declare the constants that define at which position within a
+% citation we are when processing it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+  #2 'after.sentence :=
+  #3 'after.block :=
+  #4 'before.title :=
+  "nostate" 'language.state :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |not|.
+%
+% Syntax: \meta{int1} |not| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{int2}.
+%
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} != |0|, |0| otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |and|.
+% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |and|.
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| and \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
+% otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Logical function |or|.
+% Syntax: \meta{arg1} \meta{arg1} |or|.
+% Returns |1| if \meta{arg1} == |true| or \meta{arg2} == |true|, |0|
+% otherwise.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Function |language.change.case|.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |language.change.case|
+% $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string3}
+% This function has the same syntax as |change.case$| but writes
+% \meta{string1} twice into \meta{string3}, first with changed case,
+% second with original case.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {language.change.case}
+{ 
+  'change.temp :=
+  't :=
+  "\btxifchangecase {"
+  t change.temp change.case$ *
+  "}{" *
+  t *
+  "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generates output for the string \meta{string1}.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+    { ", " * write$ }
+    { output.state after.block =
+        { add.period$ write$
+          newline$
+          "\newblock " write$
+        }
+        { output.state before.all =
+            'write$
+            {
+              output.state before.title =
+                { "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$ }
+                { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  s
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Generates output if the given string \meta{string1} is not empty.
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} |output.nonnull| $\longrightarrow$ \meta{string2}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "empty " t * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Outputs a bibliography item.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
+%   \texttt{language} field is missing}%
+% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
+% active at \cs{begin\{document\}} or to the given fall-back
+% language.
+% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  language empty$
+    { "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
+      language.state "nolanguage" =
+        'skip$
+        {
+          "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
+          "\btxfallbacklanguage}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
+    }
+    { language.state language =
+        'skip$
+        { "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      language 'language.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>  "\bibitem{" write$
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  "\bibitem[" label * "]{" * write$
+%<*bststd>
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Output an ISBN or ISSN.
+%
+% Syntax: \meta{string1} \meta{string2} |output.isbn|
+%
+% Prints the ISBN or ISSN given by \meta{string1} and uses the \TeX\
+% macro given by \meta{string2} to determine if the text is printed or
+% not.
+% \meta{string2} normally is \cs{ifbtxprintISSN} or
+% \cs{ifbtxprintISSN}. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.isbn}
+{
+  'isbn.command :=
+  duplicate$
+  empty$
+    'pop$
+    {
+      's :=
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+        {
+          isbn.command * " {, " * write$
+          s "}" *
+        }
+        { output.state after.block =
+            {
+              add.period$
+              write$
+              newline$
+              "\newblock " write$
+              isbn.command " {" * s * ".}" *
+            }
+            { output.state before.all =
+                {
+                  write$
+                  isbn.command " {" * write$
+                  s "}" *
+                }
+                {
+                  output.state before.title =
+                    {
+                      "\btxauthorcolon\ " * write$
+                      isbn.command " {" * write$
+                      s "}" *
+                    }
+                    {
+                      add.period$ " " * write$
+                      isbn.command " {" * write$
+                      s ".}" *
+                    }
+                  if$
+                }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+          mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Completes an entry.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { after.block 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence}
+{ output.state after.block =
+    'skip$
+    { output.state before.all =
+        'skip$
+        { after.sentence 'output.state := }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {after.authors}
+{ output.state before.all =
+    'skip$
+    { before.title 'output.state := }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.block
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.block.checkc}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'after.authors
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checka}
+{ empty$
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {new.sentence.checkb}
+{ empty$
+  swap$ empty$
+  and
+    'skip$
+    'new.sentence
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
+%   \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {namefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
+%   \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {titlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {journalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {volumefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {etalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
+      {
+        s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}" format.name$
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+        s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * 't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
+      {
+        s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}" format.name$
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+        s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * 't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&!namevarb>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
+      {
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+        s nameptr "{, jj}{, ff}{~vv}" format.name$ * 't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
+      {
+        s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+        s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f.}{~vv}" format.name$ * 't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&namevarb>
+%<*bststd&bstthree>
+          namesleft #2 >
+            { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * *
+              #1 'namesleft := }
+            {
+%</bststd&bstthree>
+%<*bststd>
+          namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t namefont * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>                { " \btxandlong {}\ " * t namefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>                { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * t namefont * }
+%<*bststd&bstthree>
+              if$
+            }
+%</bststd&bstthree>
+%<*bststd>
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
+        {
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}{, ff}{~vv}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!namevara>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
+        {
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont
+          s nameptr "{,~jj}{,~f.}{~vv}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+%</bststd&bstshort&!namevara>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
+        {
+          s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+          s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+%</bststd&!bstshort&namevara>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&namevara>
+        {
+          s nameptr "{f.~}{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont * 
+          s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+%</bststd&bstshort&namevara>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { author format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\ (\btxeditorslong {})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorlong {})" * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { month "\ " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.btitle}
+{ title titlefont
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {volume.tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ volumefont * *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.bvolume}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state after.block =
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\Btxvolumelong {}" }
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\btxvolumelong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+      volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { " \btxofserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+      "volume and number" number either.or.check
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.number.series}
+{ volume empty$
+    { number empty$
+        { series field.or.null }
+        { output.state mid.sentence =
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\btxnumberlong {}" }
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\Btxnumberlong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\btxnumbershort {.}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\Btxnumbershort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+          number tie.or.space.connect
+          series empty$
+            { "there's a number but no series in " cite$ * warning$ }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { " \btxinserieslong {}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { " \btxinseriesshort {.}\ " * series titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "" }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { 
+      output.state mid.sentence =
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { edition "l" language.change.case "~\btxeditionlong {}" * }
+        { edition "t" language.change.case "~\btxeditionlong {}" * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { edition "l" language.change.case "~\btxeditionshort {.}" * }
+        { edition "t" language.change.case "~\btxeditionshort {.}" * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      urldate empty$
+      { "\btxurlfont{" url * "}" * }
+      {
+        "\btxurlfont{" url *
+        "}, \btxurldatecomment{} \btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont{" * 
+          urldate * "}}" *
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\btxpageslong {}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "\btxpagelong {}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\btxpagesshort {.}" pages n.dashify tie.or.space.connect }
+        { "\btxpageshort {.}" pages tie.or.space.connect }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.vol.num.pages}
+{ volume field.or.null
+  number empty$
+    'skip$
+    { "(" number * ")" * *
+      volume empty$
+        { "there's a number but no volume in " cite$ * warning$ }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  pages empty$
+    'skip$
+    { duplicate$ empty$
+        { pop$ format.pages }
+        { ":" * pages n.dashify * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.pages
+    { type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\btxchapterlong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\btxchaptershort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+        { type "l" language.change.case }
+      if$
+      chapter tie.or.space.connect
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.in.ed.booktitle}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.editors * ": " * booktitle titlefont * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" language.change.case
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{
+  number empty$
+  {
+    type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
+%   \cs{btxtechreplong}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      { "\btxtechreplong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>      { "\btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      { type "t" language.change.case }
+    if$
+  }
+  {
+    type empty$
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{For \texttt{babalpha.bst}, use
+%   \cs{Btxtechreplong}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      { "\Btxtechreplong {}" }
+%<bststd&bstshort>      { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+%<*bststd>
+      { type "t" language.change.case }
+    if$
+    number tie.or.space.connect
+  }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " journal titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " journal titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+  editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{, ff}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+  editor #1 "{ll}{,~jj}{,~f.}{~vv}" format.name$ namefont
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " " "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * * }
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+            { " \btxandlong {}\ " * editor #2 "{ff}{~vv}{~ll}{, jj}"
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+            { " \btxandshort {.}\ " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}"
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+              format.name$ namefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>      "\Btxinlong {}\ "
+%<bststd&bstshort>      "\Btxinshort {.}\ "
+%<*bststd>
+    }
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+    { "\Btxvolumelong {}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofserieslong {}\ " *
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+    { "\Btxvolumeshort {.}" volume volume.tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofseriesshort {.}\ " *
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%<*bststd>
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { series titlefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key titlefont * }
+      if$
+    }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>    { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>    { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<*bststd>
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>            { "\Btxinlong {}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>            { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " booktitle titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+          if$
+        }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>        { "\Btxinlong {}\ " key titlefont * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>        { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " key titlefont * }
+%<*bststd>
+      if$
+    }
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstshort>    { "\Btxinlong {}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<bststd&bstshort>    { "\Btxinshort {.}\ " format.crossref.editor * }
+%<*bststd>
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { journal 
+      title missing$
+        { titlefont }
+        { journalfont }
+      if$
+      "journal" output.check 
+      format.vol.num.pages output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished address new.block.checkb
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bvolume output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.number.series output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      new.block
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.chapter.pages output
+      new.sentence
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.chapter.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.in.ed.booktitle "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bvolume output
+      format.number.series output
+      format.pages output
+      address empty$
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+          format.date "year" output.check
+        }
+        { address output.nonnull
+          format.date "year" output.check
+          new.sentence
+          organization output
+          publisher output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address new.block.checka
+          address output
+        }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization address new.block.checkb
+      organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  title howpublished new.block.checkc
+  format.title output
+  howpublished new.block.checka
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.issn "\ifbtxprintISSN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  after.authors
+  format.btitle "title" output.check
+  format.bvolume output
+  format.number.series output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { publisher new.sentence.checka }
+        { organization publisher new.sentence.checkb
+          organization output
+        }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      format.date "year" output.check
+      new.sentence
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn "\ifbtxprintISBN" output.isbn
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  after.authors
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  new.block
+  format.url output
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Months and journals:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstshort>
+MACRO {jan} {"\btxmonjanlong {}"}
+MACRO {feb} {"\btxmonfeblong {}"}
+MACRO {mar} {"\btxmonmarlong {}"}
+MACRO {apr} {"\btxmonaprlong {}"}
+MACRO {may} {"\btxmonmaylong {}"}
+MACRO {jun} {"\btxmonjunlong {}"}
+MACRO {jul} {"\btxmonjullong {}"}
+MACRO {aug} {"\btxmonauglong {}"}
+MACRO {sep} {"\btxmonseplong {}"}
+MACRO {oct} {"\btxmonoctlong {}"}
+MACRO {nov} {"\btxmonnovlong {}"}
+MACRO {dec} {"\btxmondeclong {}"}
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Computing Surveys"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Informatica"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Communications of the ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM Journal of Research and Development"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Systems Journal"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Transactions on Computers"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Transactions on Computer-Aided Design of Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Information Processing Letters"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"Journal of the ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"Journal of Computer and System Sciences"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Science of Computer Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM Journal on Computing"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Transactions on Computer Systems"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Transactions on Database Systems"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Transactions on Graphics"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Transactions on Office Information Systems"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Transactions on Programming Languages and Systems"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Computer Science"}
+%</bststd&!bstshort>
+%<*bststd&bstshort>
+MACRO {jan} {"\btxmonjanshort {.}"}
+MACRO {feb} {"\btxmonfebshort {.}"}
+MACRO {mar} {"\btxmonmarshort {.}"}
+MACRO {apr} {"\btxmonaprshort {.}"}
+MACRO {may} {"\btxmonmayshort {.}"}
+MACRO {jun} {"\btxmonjunshort {.}"}
+MACRO {jul} {"\btxmonjulshort {.}"}
+MACRO {aug} {"\btxmonaugshort {.}"}
+MACRO {sep} {"\btxmonsepshort {.}"}
+MACRO {oct} {"\btxmonoctshort {.}"}
+MACRO {nov} {"\btxmonnovshort {.}"}
+MACRO {dec} {"\btxmondecshort {.}"}
+MACRO {acmcs} {"ACM Comput.\ Surv.{}"}
+MACRO {acta} {"Acta Inf.{}"}
+MACRO {cacm} {"Commun. ACM"}
+MACRO {ibmjrd} {"IBM J.~Res.\ Dev.{}"}
+MACRO {ibmsj} {"IBM Syst.~J.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeese} {"IEEE Trans.\ Softw.\ Eng.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeetc} {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.{}"}
+MACRO {ieeetcad}
+ {"IEEE Trans.\ Comput.-Aided Design Integrated Circuits"}
+MACRO {ipl} {"Inf.\ Process.\ Lett.{}"}
+MACRO {jacm} {"J.~ACM"}
+MACRO {jcss} {"J.~Comput.\ Syst.\ Sci.{}"}
+MACRO {scp} {"Sci.\ Comput.\ Programming"}
+MACRO {sicomp} {"SIAM J.~Comput.{}"}
+MACRO {tocs} {"ACM Trans.\ Comput.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tods} {"ACM Trans.\ Database Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tog} {"ACM Trans.\ Gr.{}"}
+MACRO {toms} {"ACM Trans.\ Math.\ Softw.{}"}
+MACRO {toois} {"ACM Trans.\ Office Inf.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {toplas} {"ACM Trans.\ Prog.\ Lang.\ Syst.{}"}
+MACRO {tcs} {"Theoretical Comput.\ Sci.{}"}
+%</bststd&bstshort>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Action.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+
+READ
+
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Sorted bibliographies}
+%
+% This code is only used for sorted bibliographies.
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Fix sorting of \BibTeX\ entries without
+%   an author}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" change.case$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { et.al.char.used }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+{ #0 'et.al.char.used :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {initialize.et.al.char.used}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.lab.names}
+{ 's :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames #1 >
+    { numnames #4 >
+  { #3 'namesleft := }
+  { numnames 'namesleft := }
+      if$
+      #1 'nameptr :=
+      ""
+  { namesleft #0 > }
+  { nameptr numnames =
+      { s nameptr "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+    { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+      #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+    }
+    { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+        if$
+      }
+      { s nameptr "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$ * }
+    if$
+    nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+    namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+  }
+      while$
+      numnames #4 >
+  { "{\etalchar{+}}" *
+    #1 'et.al.char.used :=
+  }
+  'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { s #1 "{v{}}{l{}}" format.name$
+      duplicate$ text.length$ #2 <
+  { pop$ s #1 "{ll}" format.name$ #3 text.prefix$ }
+  'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.key.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+  { key empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { editor format.lab.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.key.organization.label}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { organization empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {editor.key.organization.label}
+{ editor empty$
+    { key empty$
+  { organization empty$
+      { cite$ #1 #3 substring$ }
+      { "The " #4 organization chop.word #3 text.prefix$ }
+    if$
+  }
+  { key #3 text.prefix$ }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor format.lab.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {calc.label}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.key.label
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+  'editor.key.organization.label
+  { type$ "manual" =
+      'author.key.organization.label
+      'author.key.label
+    if$
+  }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  duplicate$
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #2 substring$
+  *
+  'label :=
+  year field.or.null purify$ #-1 #4 substring$
+  *
+  sortify 'sort.label :=
+}
+
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.41}{2003/11/03}{Corrected \texttt{babunsrt.bst}}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+      s nameptr "{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{vv{ } }{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+%</bststd&!bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+      s nameptr "{ll{ }}{  f{ }}{vv{ } }{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+%</bststd&bstshort&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+  calc.label
+  sort.label
+  "    "
+  *
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+  type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<bststd&bstalpha>  *
+%<*bststd&!bstunsorted>
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+SORT
+
+%</bststd&!bstunsorted>
+%<*bststd&!bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS { longest.label }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+%</bststd&!bstalpha>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+STRINGS { longest.label last.sort.label next.extra }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { longest.label.width last.extra.num }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #0 int.to.chr$ 'last.sort.label :=
+  "" 'next.extra :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  #0 'last.extra.num :=
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {forward.pass}
+{ last.sort.label sort.label =
+    { last.extra.num #1 + 'last.extra.num :=
+      last.extra.num int.to.chr$ 'extra.label :=
+    }
+    { "a" chr.to.int$ 'last.extra.num :=
+      "" 'extra.label :=
+      sort.label 'last.sort.label :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {reverse.pass}
+{ next.extra "b" =
+    { "a" 'extra.label := }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  label extra.label * 'label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  extra.label 'next.extra :=
+}
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Generic code}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bststd>
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+%</bststd>
+%<bststd&!bstalpha>ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+%<bststd&bstalpha>ITERATE {forward.pass}
+%<bststd&bstalpha>REVERSE {reverse.pass}
+%<*bststd>
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{
+%</bststd>
+%<*bststd&bstalpha>
+  et.al.char.used
+    { "\newcommand{\etalchar}[1]{$^{#1}$}" write$ newline$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+%</bststd&bstalpha>
+%<*bststd>
+  preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{"  longest.label  * "}" * write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</bststd>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{AMS styles}
+%
+% The following \BibTeX\ styles are derived from the AMS \BibTeX-style-files
+% by the American Mathematical Society.
+% For example, see `amsplain.bst' for more documentation about the
+% original.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*bstams>
+ENTRY
+  { address
+    author
+    booktitle
+    chapter
+    edition
+    editor
+    howpublished
+    institution
+    isbn
+    issn
+    journal
+    key
+    language
+    month
+    mrnumber
+    note
+    number
+    organization
+    pages
+    publisher
+    school
+    series
+    title
+    type
+    url
+    urldate
+    volume
+    year
+  }
+  {}
+  { label bysame }
+
+
+INTEGERS { output.state before.all mid.sentence }
+
+FUNCTION {init.state.consts}
+{ #0 'before.all :=
+  #1 'mid.sentence :=
+}
+
+STRINGS { s t language.state change.temp}
+
+FUNCTION {shows}
+{ duplicate$ "::::  `" swap$ * "'" * top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {showstack}
+{"STACK================================================================"
+top$
+stack$
+"ENDSTACK============================================================="
+top$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {not}
+{   { #0 }
+    { #1 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {and}
+{   'skip$
+    { pop$ #0 }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {or}
+{   { pop$ #1 }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {language.change.case}
+{ 
+  'change.temp :=
+  't :=
+  "\btxifchangecase {"
+  t change.temp change.case$ *
+  "}{" *
+  t *
+  "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {field.or.null}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.00}{2005/02/16}{Remove \texttt{emphasize} and
+%   \texttt{smallcaps} from \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {namefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{1.12}{2005/06/19}{Add extra formatting of lastnames to
+%   \BibTeX\ styles}%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {lastnamefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxlastnamefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {titlefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxtitlefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {journalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxjournalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {volumefont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxvolumefont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {etalfont}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    { "\btxetalfont {" swap$ * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \texttt{n.dashify} is used to make sure page ranges get the \TeX\ code
+% (two hyphens) for en-dashes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {n.dashify}
+{ 't :=
+  ""
+    { t empty$ not }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" =
+        { t #1 #2 substring$ "--" = not
+            { "--" *
+              t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+            }
+            {   { t #1 #1 substring$ "-" = }
+                { "-" *
+                  t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+                }
+              while$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        { t #1 #1 substring$ *
+          t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't :=
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |tie.or.space.connect| connects two items with a |~| if the
+% second item is less than 3 letters long, otherwise it just puts an
+% ordinary space.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {tie.or.space.connect}
+{ duplicate$ text.length$ #3 <
+    { "~" }
+    { "\ " }
+  if$
+  swap$ * *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {add.space.if.necessary}
+{ duplicate$ "" =
+    'skip$
+    { "\ " * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |either.or.check| gives a warning if two mutually exclusive fields
+% were used in the database.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {either.or.check}
+{ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { "can't use both " swap$ * " fields in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |output.nonnull| is called by output.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.nonnull}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% remove the top item from the stack because it's in the way.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+{ 's :=
+  output.state mid.sentence =
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we're in mid-sentence, add a comma to the new top item and write it
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { ", " * write$ }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Otherwise, if we're at the beginning of a bibitem,
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { output.state before.all =
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% just write out the top item from the stack;
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      'write$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% and the last alternative is that we're at the end of the current
+% bibitem, so we add a period to the top stack item and write it out.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        { add.period$ " " * write$ }
+      if$
+      mid.sentence 'output.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Put the top item back on the stack that we removed earlier.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  s
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Output checks to see if the stack top is empty; if not, it
+% calls output.nonnull to write it out.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output}
+{ duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Standard warning message for a missing or empty field. For the user
+% we call any such field `missing' without respect to the distinction
+% made by Bib\TeX\ between missing and empty.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {missing.warning}
+{ "missing " swap$ * " in " * cite$ * warning$ }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |output.check| is like output except that it gives a warning on-screen
+% if the given field in the database entry is empty.  t is the field
+% name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {output.check}
+{ 't :=
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    { pop$ t missing.warning }
+    'output.nonnull
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.bibitem}
+{ newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{0.40}{2003/09/26}{Switch to a fall-back language when
+%   \texttt{language} field is missing}%
+% If no language is given, fall back to the language that has been
+% active at \cs{begin\{document\}}.
+% For \BibTeX, this language gets the name \texttt{nolanguage}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  language empty$
+    { "empty language in " cite$ * warning$
+      language.state "nolanguage" =
+        'skip$
+        {
+          "\expandafter\btxselectlanguage\expandafter {"
+          "\btxfallbacklanguage}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      "nolanguage" 'language.state :=
+    }
+    { language.state language =
+        'skip$
+        { "\btxselectlanguage {" language * "}" * write$
+          newline$
+        }
+      if$
+      language 'language.state :=
+    }
+  if$
+  "\bibitem{" write$
+  cite$ write$
+  "}" write$
+  newline$
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This empty string is the first thing that will be written
+% the next time \verb|write$| is called.  Done this way because each
+% item is saved on the stack until we find out what punctuation
+% should be added after it.  Therefore we need an empty first item.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  ""
+  before.all 'output.state :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {output.nonempty.mrnumber}
+{ duplicate$ missing$
+    { pop$ "" }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  duplicate$ empty$
+    'pop$
+    { " \MR{" swap$ * "}" * write$ }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {fin.entry}
+{ add.period$
+  write$
+  mrnumber output.nonempty.mrnumber
+  newline$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Removed |new.block|, |new.block.checka|, |new.block.checkb|,
+% |new.sentence|, |new.sentence.checka|, and |new.sentence.checkb|
+% functions here, since they don't seem to be needed in the AMS style.
+% Also moved some real basic functions like `and' and 'or' earlier in
+% the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+INTEGERS { nameptr namesleft numnames }
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The extra section to write out a language field was added
+% for babamspl.bst.  Not present in babplain.bst.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.language}
+{ language empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxprintamslanguage{\btxlanguagename {" language * "}}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This version of format.names puts names in the format
+% ``First von Last, Jr.''
+% (i.\,e., first name first, no abbreviating to initials).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    {
+      s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}" format.name$
+      s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
+      s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * 't :=
+      nameptr #1 >
+        { namesleft #1 >
+            { ", " * t namefont * }
+            { numnames #2 >
+                { "\btxandcomma {}" * }
+                'skip$
+              if$
+              s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}{ll}{, jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+                { " " * "\btxetalshort {.}" etalfont * }
+                { " \btxandlong {} " * t namefont * }
+              if$
+            }
+          if$
+        }
+        {
+          s nameptr "{ff~}{vv~}" format.name$
+          s nameptr "{ll}" format.name$ lastnamefont *
+          s nameptr "{, jj}" format.name$ * namefont
+        }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.authors}
+{ author empty$
+    { "" }
+    { bysame "\bysame" =
+         {"\bysame"}
+         { author format.names }
+     if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { "\ (\btxeditorsshort {.})" * }
+        { "\ (\btxeditorshort {.})" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.nonauthor.editors}
+{ editor empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor format.names
+      editor num.names$ #1 >
+        { ", \btxeditorsshort {.}" * }
+        { ", \btxeditorshort {.}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.title}
+{ title empty$
+    { "" }
+    { title "t" language.change.case titlefont }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.journal.vol.year}
+{ journal empty$
+    { "journal name" missing.warning ""}
+    { journal journalfont }
+  if$
+  volume empty$
+    'skip$
+    { " " * volume volumefont * }
+  if$
+  year empty$
+    { "year" missing.warning }
+    { " (" * year * ")" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For formatting the issue number for a journal article.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.number}
+{ number empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxnumbershort {.}~" number * }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For formatting miscellaneous dates
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.date}
+{ year empty$
+    { month empty$
+        { "" }
+        { "there's a month but no year in " cite$ * warning$
+          month
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { month empty$
+        'year
+        { month "\ " * year * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%      The volume, series and number information is sort of tricky.
+%      This code handles it as follows:
+%      If the series is present, and the volume, but not the number,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, vol. 000"
+%      If the series is present, and the number, but not the volume,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, Series Name, no. 000"
+%      If the series is present, and both number and volume,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX, Series Name, no. 000"
+%      Finally, if the series is absent,
+%        then we do "\emph{Book title}, vol. XX"
+%        or         "\emph{Book title}, no. 000"
+%        and if both volume and number are present, give a warning message.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.bookvolume.series.number}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "" % Push the empty string as a placeholder in case everything else
+         % is empty too.
+      series empty$
+        'skip$
+        { pop$ series } % if series is not empty put in stack
+      if$
+      number empty$
+        'skip$
+        { duplicate$ empty$ % if no preceding material,
+            'skip$          % do nothing, otherwise
+            { ", " * }      % add a comma and space to separate.
+          if$
+          "\btxnumbershort {.}" number tie.or.space.connect * % add the number information
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the volume is NOT EMPTY:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect % vol. XX
+      number empty$
+        { series empty$
+            'skip$
+            { series ", " * swap$ *}    % Series Name, vol. XX
+          if$
+        }
+        { series empty$
+            { "can't use both volume and number if series info is missing"
+              warning$
+              "in BibTeX entry type `" type$ * "'" * top$
+            }
+            { ", " * series * ", \btxnumbershort {.}" * number tie.or.space.connect }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+
+}  % end of format.bookvolume.series.number
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |format.inproc.title.where.editors| is used by inproceedings entry types
+%      No case changing or emphasizing for the title.  We want initial
+%      caps, roman.
+%      We add parentheses around the address (place where conference
+%      was held).
+%      Likewise we add parentheses around the editors' names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.inproc.title.address.editors}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { booktitle
+      address empty$
+        'skip$
+        { add.space.if.necessary "(" * address * ")" * }
+      if$
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% |format.incoll.title.editors| is similar to |format.inproc...| but
+% omits the address. For collections that are not proceedings volumes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.title.editors}
+{ booktitle empty$
+    { "" }
+    { editor empty$
+        { booktitle }
+        { booktitle
+          add.space.if.necessary "(" * format.nonauthor.editors * ")" *
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.edition}
+{ edition empty$
+    { "" }
+    { output.state mid.sentence =
+        { edition "l" language.change.case " \btxeditionshort {.}" * }
+        { edition "t" language.change.case " \btxeditionshort {.}" * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.isbn}
+{ isbn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxISBN~\btxISBNfont {" isbn * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.issn}
+{ issn empty$
+    { "" }
+    { "\btxISSN~\btxISSNfont {" issn * "}" * }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.url}
+{ url empty$
+    { "" }
+    {
+      urldate empty$
+      { "\btxurlfont{" url * "}" * }
+      {
+        "\btxurlfont{" url *
+        "}, \btxurldatecomment{} \btxkeywordlanguage {\btxurldatefont {" * 
+          urldate * "}}" *
+      }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+INTEGERS { multiresult }
+
+FUNCTION {multi.page.check}
+{ 't :=
+  #0 'multiresult :=
+    { multiresult not
+      t empty$ not
+      and
+    }
+    { t #1 #1 substring$
+      duplicate$ "-" =
+      swap$ duplicate$ "," =
+      swap$ "+" =
+      or or
+        { #1 'multiresult := }
+        { t #2 global.max$ substring$ 't := }
+      if$
+    }
+  while$
+  multiresult
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages n.dashify }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.pages}
+{ pages empty$
+    { "" }
+    { pages multi.page.check
+        { "\btxpagesshort {.}~" pages n.dashify * }
+        { "\btxpageshort {.}~" pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.chapter.pages}
+{ chapter empty$
+    'format.book.pages
+    { type empty$
+        { "\btxchaptershort {.}~" }
+        { type "l" language.change.case " " * }
+      if$
+      chapter *
+      pages empty$
+        'skip$
+        { ", " * format.book.pages * }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {empty.misc.check}
+{ author empty$ title empty$ howpublished empty$
+  month empty$ year empty$ note empty$
+  and and and and and
+  key empty$ not and
+    { "all relevant fields are empty in " cite$ * warning$ }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.thesis.type}
+{ type empty$
+    'skip$
+    { pop$
+      type "t" language.change.case
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.tr.number}
+{ type empty$
+    { "\Btxtechrepshort {.}" }
+    'type
+  if$
+  number empty$
+    { "t" language.change.case }
+    { number tie.or.space.connect }
+  if$
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The |format.crossref| functions haven't been paid much attention
+% at the present time (June 1990) and could probably use some
+% work.  MJD
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {format.article.crossref}
+{ key empty$
+    { journal empty$
+        { "need key or journal for " cite$ * " to crossref " * crossref *
+          warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { "\btxinshort {} " journal journalfont * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\btxinshort {} " key * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.crossref.editor}
+{ editor #1 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$
+  editor num.names$ duplicate$
+  #2 >
+    { pop$ " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
+    { #2 <
+        'skip$
+        { editor #2 "{ff }{vv }{ll}{ jj}" format.name$ "others" =
+            { " \btxetalshort {.}" * }
+            { " \btxandlong {} " * editor #2 "{vv~}{ll}" format.name$ * }
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.book.crossref}
+{ volume empty$
+    { "empty volume in " cite$ * "'s crossref of " * crossref * warning$
+      "\btxinserieslong {} "
+    }
+    { "\btxvolumeshort {.}" volume tie.or.space.connect
+      " \btxofserieslong {} " *
+    }
+  if$
+  editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { series empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or series for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              "" *
+            }
+            { series * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+FUNCTION {format.incoll.inproc.crossref}
+{ editor empty$
+  editor field.or.null author field.or.null =
+  or
+    { key empty$
+        { booktitle empty$
+            { "need editor, key, or booktitle for " cite$ * " to crossref " *
+              crossref * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { "\btxinlong {} " * booktitle titlefont * }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "\btxinlong {} " key * }
+      if$
+    }
+    { "\btxinlong {} " format.crossref.editor * }
+  if$
+  " \cite{" * crossref * "}" *
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The main functions for each entry type.
+%
+% journal, vol and year are formatted together because they are
+% not separated by commas.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+FUNCTION {article}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.journal.vol.year output
+      format.number output
+      format.pages "pages" output.check
+    }
+    { format.article.crossref output.nonnull
+      format.pages "pages" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+  format.issn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {book}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {booklet}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  howpublished output
+  address output
+  format.date output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inbook}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { format.editors "author and editor" output.check }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull
+      crossref missing$
+        { "author and editor" editor either.or.check }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.edition output
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+    }
+    { format.chapter.pages "chapter and pages" output.check
+      format.book.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {incollection}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.incoll.title.editors "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      publisher "publisher" output.check
+      address output
+      format.edition output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {inproceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  crossref missing$
+    { format.inproc.title.address.editors "booktitle" output.check
+      format.bookvolume.series.number output
+      organization output
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { format.incoll.inproc.crossref output.nonnull
+    }
+  if$
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  format.language *
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {conference} { inproceedings }
+
+FUNCTION {manual}
+{ output.bibitem
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output.nonnull
+          address output
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+    { format.authors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { address output }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+    }
+    { organization output
+      address output
+    }
+  if$
+  format.edition output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {mastersthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "\btxmastthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {misc}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors output
+  format.title output
+  howpublished output
+  format.date output
+  format.isbn output
+  format.issn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+  empty.misc.check
+}
+
+FUNCTION {phdthesis}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  "\btxphdthesis {}" format.thesis.type output.nonnull
+  school "school" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  format.book.pages output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {proceedings}
+{ output.bibitem
+  editor empty$
+    { organization output }
+    { format.editors output.nonnull }
+  if$
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.bookvolume.series.number output
+  address empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+    { address output.nonnull
+      editor empty$
+        'skip$
+        { organization output }
+      if$
+      publisher output
+      format.date "year" output.check
+    }
+  if$
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {techreport}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.tr.number output.nonnull
+  institution "institution" output.check
+  address output
+  format.date "year" output.check
+  format.isbn output
+  format.url output
+  note output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {unpublished}
+{ output.bibitem
+  format.authors "author" output.check
+  format.title "title" output.check
+  format.url output
+  note "note" output.check
+  format.date output
+  fin.entry
+}
+
+FUNCTION {default.type} { misc }
+
+MACRO {jan} {"\btxmonjanlong {}"}
+MACRO {feb} {"\btxmonfeblong {}"}
+MACRO {mar} {"\btxmonmarlong {}"}
+MACRO {apr} {"\btxmonaprlong {}"}
+MACRO {may} {"\btxmonmaylong {}"}
+MACRO {jun} {"\btxmonjunlong {}"}
+MACRO {jul} {"\btxmonjullong {}"}
+MACRO {aug} {"\btxmonauglong {}"}
+MACRO {sep} {"\btxmonseplong {}"}
+MACRO {oct} {"\btxmonoctlong {}"}
+MACRO {nov} {"\btxmonnovlong {}"}
+MACRO {dec} {"\btxmondeclong {}"}
+
+READ
+
+FUNCTION {sortify}
+{ purify$
+  "l" language.change.case
+}
+
+INTEGERS { len }
+
+FUNCTION {chop.word}
+{ 's :=
+  'len :=
+  s #1 len substring$ =
+    { s len #1 + global.max$ substring$ }
+    's
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.names}
+{ 's :=
+  #1 'nameptr :=
+  ""
+  s num.names$ 'numnames :=
+  numnames 'namesleft :=
+    { namesleft #0 > }
+    { nameptr #1 >
+        { "   " * }
+        'skip$
+      if$
+      s nameptr "{vv{ } }{ll{ }}{  ff{ }}{  jj{ }}" format.name$ 't :=
+      nameptr numnames = t "others" = and
+        { "et al" * }
+        { t sortify * }
+      if$
+      nameptr #1 + 'nameptr :=
+      namesleft #1 - 'namesleft :=
+    }
+  while$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {sort.format.title}
+{ 't :=
+  "A " #2
+    "An " #3
+      "The " #4 t chop.word
+    chop.word
+  chop.word
+  sortify
+  #1 global.max$ substring$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { key empty$
+        { "to sort, need author or key in " cite$ * warning$
+          ""
+        }
+        { key sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.editor.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, editor, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { editor sort.format.names }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {author.organization.sort}
+{ author empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need author, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { author sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {editor.organization.sort}
+{ editor empty$
+    { organization empty$
+        { key empty$
+            { "to sort, need editor, organization, or key in " cite$ * warning$
+              ""
+            }
+            { key sortify }
+          if$
+        }
+        { "The " #4 organization chop.word sortify }
+      if$
+    }
+    { editor sort.format.names }
+  if$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {presort}
+{ type$ "book" =
+  type$ "inbook" =
+  or
+    'author.editor.sort
+    { type$ "proceedings" =
+        'editor.organization.sort
+        { type$ "manual" =
+            'author.organization.sort
+            'author.sort
+          if$
+        }
+      if$
+    }
+  if$
+  "    "
+  *
+  year field.or.null sortify
+  *
+  "    "
+  *
+  title field.or.null
+  sort.format.title
+  *
+  #1 entry.max$ substring$
+  'sort.key$ :=
+}
+
+ITERATE {presort}
+
+SORT
+
+STRINGS { longest.label prev.author this.author }
+
+INTEGERS { number.label longest.label.width }
+
+FUNCTION {initialize.longest.label}
+{ "" 'longest.label :=
+  #1 'number.label :=
+  #0 'longest.label.width :=
+  "abcxyz" 'prev.author :=
+  "" 'this.author :=
+}
+
+FUNCTION {longest.label.pass}
+{ number.label int.to.str$ 'label :=
+  number.label #1 + 'number.label :=
+  label width$ longest.label.width >
+    { label 'longest.label :=
+      label width$ 'longest.label.width :=
+    }
+    'skip$
+  if$
+  author empty$
+    { editor empty$
+      { "" }
+      'editor
+      if$
+    }
+    'author
+  if$
+  'this.author :=
+  this.author prev.author =
+    { "\bysame" 'bysame := }
+    { "" 'bysame :=
+      this.author "" =
+        { "abcxyz" }
+        'this.author
+      if$
+      'prev.author :=
+    }
+  if$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {initialize.longest.label}
+
+ITERATE {longest.label.pass}
+
+FUNCTION {write.lines}
+{ { duplicate$ "." = NOT }
+    { write$ newline$ }
+  while$
+  pop$
+}
+
+FUNCTION {begin.bib}
+{ preamble$ empty$
+    'skip$
+    { preamble$ write$ newline$ }
+  if$
+  "\begin{thebibliography}{" longest.label * "}" * write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\bysame}{\leavevmode\hbox to3em{\hrulefill}\thinspace}"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\MR}{\relax\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi MR }"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  % \MRhref is called by the amsart/book/proc definition of \MR."
+    write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\MRhref}[2]{%" write$ newline$
+  "    \href{http://www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=#1}{#2}"
+    write$ newline$
+  "  }" write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand{\href}[2]{#2}" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{name}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{lastname}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{title}{\emph}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{etal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{journal}{}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{volume}{\textbf}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISBN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{ISSN}{\MakeUppercase}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providebibliographyfont{url}{\url}%" write$ newline$
+  "  \providecommand\btxprintamslanguage[1]{\ (#1)}"
+    write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {begin.bib}
+
+EXECUTE {init.state.consts}
+
+ITERATE {call.type$}
+
+FUNCTION {end.bib}
+{ newline$
+  "\end{thebibliography}" write$ newline$
+}
+
+EXECUTE {end.bib}
+%</bstams>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+